blob: 77ddbc29dda761cf3a125272ab872b923793f0f5 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000031using namespace clang;
32
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000033
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000034/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
35/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
36///
37/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
38/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
39/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
40/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
41/// function is being used.
42///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000043/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
44/// decls.
45///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000046/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
47/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000048///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000052 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000053 }
54
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000055 // See if the decl is unavailable
56 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
57 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
58 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
59 }
60
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000062 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000063 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
64 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
65 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
66 return true;
67 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071}
72
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000074/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000075/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
76///
77void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000079 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
83 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000085 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
86 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000088 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
89 int isMethod = 0;
90 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
91 // skip over named parameters.
92 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
93 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
94 if (nullPos)
95 --nullPos;
96 else
97 ++i;
98 }
99 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
100 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000101 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102 // skip over named parameters.
103 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
104 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
105 if (nullPos)
106 --nullPos;
107 else
108 ++i;
109 }
110 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000111 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000112 // block or function pointer call.
113 QualType Ty = V->getType();
114 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000115 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000116 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
117 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000118 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
119 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
120 unsigned k;
121 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
122 if (nullPos)
123 --nullPos;
124 else
125 ++i;
126 }
127 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
128 }
129 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
130 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000133 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000134 return;
135
136 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000139 return;
140 }
141 int sentinel = i;
142 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
143 --sentinelPos;
144 ++i;
145 }
146 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000148 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000149 return;
150 }
151 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
152 ++i;
153 ++sentinel;
154 }
155 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000156 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
157 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
158 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
159 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 }
163 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000164}
165
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000166SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
167 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
168 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
169}
170
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172// Standard Promotions and Conversions
173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000175/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
176void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
177 QualType Ty = E->getType();
178 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
179
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000180 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000181 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000182 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000183 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
184 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
185 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
186 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
187 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
188 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
189 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000190 //
191 // C++ 4.2p1:
192 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
193 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
194 //
195 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
196 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
198 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200}
201
202/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000204/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
205/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
206/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
207Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
208 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
209 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000211 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
212 //
213 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
214 // unsigned int may be used:
215 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
216 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
217 // and unsigned int.
218 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
219 //
220 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
221 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
222 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
223 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
225 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000226 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000227 return Expr;
228 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000230 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000231 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000233 }
234
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000235 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return Expr;
237}
238
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000241/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
242void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
243 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
244 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000245
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
250 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
253}
254
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000255/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
256/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
257/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
258/// completely illegal.
259bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000260 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000262 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
263 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
264 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
265 << Expr->getType() << CT))
266 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000267
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
269 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
270 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
271 << Expr->getType() << CT))
272 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273
274 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275}
276
277
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
279/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000281/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
282/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
283/// GCC.
284QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
285 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000288
289 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000290
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 QualType lhs =
294 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000296 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000297
298 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
299 if (lhs == rhs)
300 return lhs;
301
302 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
303 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
304 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
305 return lhs;
306
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000311 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000312 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
313 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
314
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000315 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000317 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
318 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000319 return destType;
320}
321
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
325
326
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000327/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000328/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
329/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
330/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
331/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000332///
333Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000334Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000335 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
336
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000337 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000339 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000341 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
343 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000346 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000347 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000348
349 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
351 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000352
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
354 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
355 // strings.
356 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000357 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000360 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000362 Literal.GetStringLength(),
363 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
364 &StringTokLocs[0],
365 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000366}
367
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000368/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
369/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
370/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
371/// for values inside the block or for globals).
372///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000373/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
374/// up-to-date.
375///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000376static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
377 ValueDecl *VD) {
378 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
379 // we wanted to.
380 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
381 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000383 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
384 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
385 return false;
386
387 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
388 // snapshot it.
389 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
390 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
392 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
395 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
396
397 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
398 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
399 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
400 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
401 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
402 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
403 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
404 // having a reference outside it.
405 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
409 // a snapshot as well.
410 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
411 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414}
415
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000416
417
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000418/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000419Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000420Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000421 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000610 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000621/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
622/// possibly a list of template arguments.
623///
624/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
625/// DecomposeTemplateName.
626///
627/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
628/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
629/// some way.
630static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
631 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
633 DeclarationName &Name,
634 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
636 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
637 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
638 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
639
640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
641 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
642 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
643 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
644 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
645
646 TemplateName TName =
647 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
648
649 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
650 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
651 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
652 } else {
653 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
654 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
655 TemplateArgs = 0;
656 }
657}
658
659/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
660///
661/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
662/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
663/// found template arguments.
664static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
665 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
666 TemplateName TName =
667 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
668
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000669 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
670 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000671 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
672 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
673 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000674 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000675
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000676 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000677}
678
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000679static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
680 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
681 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
682 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
683 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
684 if (!BaseRT) return false;
685
686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
687 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
688 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
689 return false;
690 }
691
692 return true;
693}
694
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000695/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
696/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
697static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000699
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000700 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
701 if (!DC) return true;
702
703 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
704 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
705
706 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
707 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
708
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709 return false;
710}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000711
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000712/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
713/// the prospective base classes.
714static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
715 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
716 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000718 return false;
719
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000720 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
721 if (!RD) return false;
722 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
723
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000724 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
725 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
726 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
727 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
728 if (!BaseRT) return false;
729
730 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000731 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
732 return false;
733 }
734
735 return true;
736}
737
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000738/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
739static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000740 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000741 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
742
743 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
744
745 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
746 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
747
748 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
749 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
750 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
751 }
752
753 return false;
754}
755
756enum IMAKind {
757 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
758 IMA_Static,
759
760 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
761 IMA_Mixed,
762
763 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
764 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
765 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
766
767 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
768 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
769 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
770
771 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Instance,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
775 IMA_Unresolved,
776
777 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
778 /// context is not an instance method.
779 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
780
781 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
782 /// non-class context.
783 IMA_AnonymousMember,
784
785 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
786 /// context is not an instance method.
787 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
788
789 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
790 /// class.
791 IMA_Error_Unrelated
792};
793
794/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
795/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
796/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
797/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
798/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
799/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
800static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
801 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000802 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000803
804 bool isStaticContext =
805 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
806 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
807
808 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
809 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
810
811 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
812 bool hasNonInstance = false;
813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
814 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
815 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
816 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
817 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
818
819 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
820 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
821 // that's a special case.
822 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
823 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
824 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
825 }
826 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
827 }
828 else
829 hasNonInstance = true;
830 }
831
832 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
833 // member reference.
834 if (Classes.empty())
835 return IMA_Static;
836
837 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
838 // an implicit member reference.
839 if (isStaticContext)
840 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
841
842 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
843 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
844 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
845 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
847 Classes))
848 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
849
850 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
851}
852
853/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
854static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
855 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
856 const LookupResult &R) {
857 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
858 SourceRange Range(Loc);
859 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
860
861 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic()) {
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
865 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << Range << R.getLookupName();
867 return;
868 }
869 }
870
871 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
872 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
873 return;
874 }
875
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000877}
878
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
880///
881/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
882bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
883 LookupResult &R) {
884 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
885
886 // We don't know how to recover from bad qualified lookups.
887 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
888 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
889 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
890 << SS.getRange();
891 return true;
892 }
893
894 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
895 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
896 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
897 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
898 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
899
900 // Fake an unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example)
901 // the original lookup would not have found something because it was
902 // a dependent name.
903 for (DeclContext *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
904 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
905 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
906
907 if (!R.empty()) {
908 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
909 R.suppressDiagnostics();
910
911 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
912 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
913 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
914 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
915
916 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
917 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
918 // Actually quite difficult!
919 if (isInstance)
920 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
921 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
922 "this->");
923 else
924 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
925
926 // Do we really want to note all of these?
927 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
928 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
929
930 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
931 return false;
932 }
933 }
934 }
935
936 // Give up, we can't recover.
937 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
938 return true;
939}
940
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000941Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
942 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
943 UnqualifiedId &Id,
944 bool HasTrailingLParen,
945 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
946 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
947 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
948
949 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000950 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000951
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000952 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000953
954 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
955 DeclarationName Name;
956 SourceLocation NameLoc;
957 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000958 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
959 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000960
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000962
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000963 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
964 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
965 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
966 // names a dependent type.
967 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
968 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000969 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000970 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +0000971 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000972 TemplateArgs);
973 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000974
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000975 // Perform the required lookup.
976 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
977 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000978 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000979 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000980 } else {
981 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000983 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
984 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
985 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
986 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
987 if (E.isInvalid())
988 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000990 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
991 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000992 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000993 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000994
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000995 if (R.isAmbiguous())
996 return ExprError();
997
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000998 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
999 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001000 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001001
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001002 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001003 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001004 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1005 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1006 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1007 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1008 }
1009
1010 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1011 // call, diagnose the problem.
1012 if (R.empty()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001013 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(SS, R))
1014 return ExprError();
1015
1016 assert(!R.empty() &&
1017 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001018 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001020
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001021 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1022 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1023
1024 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001025 // Warn about constructs like:
1026 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1027 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001029 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1030 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001031 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001032 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001033 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001035 << Var->getDeclName()
1036 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1037 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001038 break;
1039 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001041 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1042 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001043 }
1044 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001045 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001046 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1047 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1048 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1049 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1050 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1051 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001053 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001054
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001055 QualType T = Func->getType();
1056 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001057 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001058 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001060 }
1061 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001062
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001063 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1064 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1065 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1066 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1067 // class member access expression.
1068 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1069 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001070 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001071 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001072 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1073 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001074 }
1075
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (TemplateArgs)
1077 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1080}
1081
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001082/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1083Sema::OwningExprResult
1084Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1085 LookupResult &R,
1086 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1087 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1088 case IMA_Instance:
1089 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1090
1091 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1092 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1093 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1094 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1095
1096 case IMA_Mixed:
1097 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1098 case IMA_Unresolved:
1099 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1100
1101 case IMA_Static:
1102 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1103 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1104 if (TemplateArgs)
1105 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1106 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1107
1108 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1109 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1110 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1111 return ExprError();
1112 }
1113
1114 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1115 return ExprError();
1116}
1117
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001118/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1119/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1120/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1121/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001122Sema::OwningExprResult
1123Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1124 DeclarationName Name,
1125 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1126 DeclContext *DC;
1127 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1128 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1129 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1130 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1131
1132 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1133 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1134
1135 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1136 return ExprError();
1137
1138 if (R.empty()) {
1139 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1140 return ExprError();
1141 }
1142
1143 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1144}
1145
1146/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1147/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1148/// additional lookup.
1149///
1150/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1151/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1152///
1153/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1154Sema::OwningExprResult
1155Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1156 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1157 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1158
1159 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1160 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1161 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1162 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1163 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1164
1165 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1166 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1167 // ivar, that's an error.
1168 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1169
1170 bool LookForIvars;
1171 if (Lookup.empty())
1172 LookForIvars = true;
1173 else if (IsClassMethod)
1174 LookForIvars = false;
1175 else
1176 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1177 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1178
1179 if (LookForIvars) {
1180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1181 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1182 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1183 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1184 if (IsClassMethod)
1185 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1186 << IV->getDeclName());
1187
1188 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1189 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1190 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1191 return ExprError();
1192
1193 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1194 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1195 return ExprError();
1196
1197 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1198 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1199 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1200 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1201
1202 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1203 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1204 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1205 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1206 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1207 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1208 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1209 SelfName, false, false);
1210 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1211 return Owned(new (Context)
1212 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1213 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1214 }
1215 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1216 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1217 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1218 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1219 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1220 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1221 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1222 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1227 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1228 QualType T;
1229
1230 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1231 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1232 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1233 else
1234 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1235 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1236 }
1237
1238 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1239 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001240}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001241
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001242/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001243bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001244Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1245 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001246 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001247 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001249 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001250 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1251 return false;
1252 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1253 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001254 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001255 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1256 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001257 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001258 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1259 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1260 DestRecordType,
1261 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1262 From->getSourceRange()))
1263 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001264 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1265 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001266 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001267 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001268}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001269
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001270/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001272 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001273 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1274 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1275 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1276 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001277 if (SS.isSet()) {
1278 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1279 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001281
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001282 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1283 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001284}
1285
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001286/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1287/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1288/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1289/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001290Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001291Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1292 LookupResult &R,
1293 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1294 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001295 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1296
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001297 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001298
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001299 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1300 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001301 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001302 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001303 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001304 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001305 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001307 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1308 // 'this' expression now.
1309 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1310 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1311 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1312 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001313 }
1314
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001315 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1316 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1317 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1318 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001319}
1320
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001321bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001322 const LookupResult &R,
1323 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001324 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1325 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1326 return false;
1327
1328 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001329 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001330 return false;
1331
1332 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001333 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001334 return false;
1335
1336 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1337 // normal lookup:
1338 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1339 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1340
1341 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1342 // -- a declaration of a class member
1343 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1344 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001345 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001346 return false;
1347
1348 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1349 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1350 // using-declaration
1351 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1352 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1353 // turn off ADL anyway).
1354 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1355 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1356 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1357 return false;
1358
1359 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1360 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1361 // template
1362 // And also for builtin functions.
1363 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1364 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1365
1366 // But also builtin functions.
1367 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1368 return false;
1369 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1370 return false;
1371 }
1372
1373 return true;
1374}
1375
1376
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001377/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1378/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1379/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1380/// will in fact be used.
1381static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1382 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1383 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1384 return true;
1385 }
1386
1387 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1388 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1389 return true;
1390 }
1391
1392 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1393 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1394 return true;
1395 }
1396
1397 return false;
1398}
1399
1400Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001401Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001402 LookupResult &R,
1403 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001404 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1405 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1406 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001407 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001408
1409 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1410 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1411 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001412 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1413 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001414 return ExprError();
1415
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001416 bool Dependent
1417 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001418 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001419 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1420 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1421 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001422 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1423 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1424 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1425 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001426
1427 return Owned(ULE);
1428}
1429
1430
1431/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1432Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001433Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001434 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1435 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001436 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1437 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001438
1439 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1440 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001441
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001442 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1443 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1444 // a template argument list.
1445 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1446 << Template << SS.getRange();
1447 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1448 return ExprError();
1449 }
1450
1451 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1452 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1453 if (!VD) {
1454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1455 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001456 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001457 return ExprError();
1458 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001459
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001460 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1461 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1462 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1463 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001464 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001465 return ExprError();
1466
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001467 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1468 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001469 return ExprError();
1470
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001471 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1472 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1473 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1474 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001475 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001476 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1477 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1478 //
1479 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001480 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001481 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001482 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001483 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001484 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001485 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1486 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001487 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001489 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001491 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001492 }
1493 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1494 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001495
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001496 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001497}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001498
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001499Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1500 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001501 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001502
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001503 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001504 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001505 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1506 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1507 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001508 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001509
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001510 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1511 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001512
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001513 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1514 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001515 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001516 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001517 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001518
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001519 QualType ResTy;
1520 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1521 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1522 } else {
1523 unsigned Length =
1524 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001525
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001526 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001527 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001528 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1529 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001530 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001531}
1532
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001533Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001534 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001535 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1536 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1537 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001538
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001539 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1540 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1541 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001542 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001543
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001544 QualType Ty;
1545 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1546 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1547 else if (Literal.isWide())
1548 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
1549 else
1550 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001551
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001552 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1553 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001554 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001555}
1556
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001557Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1558 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001559 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1560 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001561 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001562 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001563 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001564 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001565 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001566
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001567 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001568 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1569 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001570 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001571
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001572 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001573 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001574
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001575 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001576 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001577 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001578 return ExprError();
1579
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001580 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001581
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001582 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001583 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001584 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001585 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001586 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001587 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001588 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001589 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001590
1591 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1592
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001593 using llvm::APFloat;
1594 APFloat Val(Format);
1595
1596 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001597
1598 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1599 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1600 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1601 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001602 unsigned diagnostic;
1603 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1604 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
1605 diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
1606 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1607 } else {
1608 diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
1609 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1610 }
1611
1612 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1613 << Ty
1614 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1615 }
1616
1617 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001618 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001619
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001620 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001621 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001622 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001623 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001624
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001625 // long long is a C99 feature.
1626 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001627 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001628 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1629
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001630 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001631 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001632
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001633 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1634 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1635 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001636 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1637 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001638 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001639 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001640 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1641 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001642
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001643 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1644 // be an unsigned int.
1645 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1646
1647 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001648 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001649 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1650 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001651 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001652
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001653 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1654 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1655 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1656 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001657 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001658 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001659 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001660 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001661 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001662 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001663
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001664 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001665 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001666 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001667
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001668 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1669 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1670 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1671 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001672 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001673 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001674 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001675 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001676 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001677 }
1678
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001679 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001680 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001681 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001682
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001683 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1684 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1685 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1686 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001687 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001688 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001689 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001690 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001691 }
1692 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001693
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001694 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1695 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001696 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001697 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001698 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001699 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001700 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001701
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001702 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1703 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001704 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001705 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001706 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001707
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001708 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1709 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001711 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001712
1713 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001714}
1715
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001716Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1717 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001718 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001719 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001720 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001721}
1722
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001723/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001724/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001725bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001726 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1727 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1728 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001729 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1730 return false;
1731
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001732 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1733 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1734 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1735 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1736 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1737 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1738
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001739 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001740 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001741 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001742 if (isSizeof)
1743 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1744 return false;
1745 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001746
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001747 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001748 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001749 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1750 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001751 return false;
1752 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001753
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001754 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001755 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1756 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001757 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001758
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001759 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001760 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001761 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001762 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1763 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001764 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001765
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001766 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001767}
1768
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001769bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1770 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1771 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001772
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001773 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001774 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1775 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001776
1777 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1778 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1779 return false;
1780
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001781 if (E->getBitField()) {
1782 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1783 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001784 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001785
1786 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1787 // bit-field.
1788 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001789 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001790 return false;
1791
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001792 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1793}
1794
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001795/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001797Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001798 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001799 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001800 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001801 return ExprError();
1802
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001803 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001804
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001805 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1806 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1807 return ExprError();
1808
1809 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001810 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001811 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1812 R.getEnd()));
1813}
1814
1815/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1816/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817Action::OwningExprResult
1818Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001819 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1820 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1821 bool isInvalid = false;
1822 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1823 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1824 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1825 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001826 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001827 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1828 isInvalid = true;
1829 } else {
1830 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1831 }
1832
1833 if (isInvalid)
1834 return ExprError();
1835
1836 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1837 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1838 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1839 R.getEnd()));
1840}
1841
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001842/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1843/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1844/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001845Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001846Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1847 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001848 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001849 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001850
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001851 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001852 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1853 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1854 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001856
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001857 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1858 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1859 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1860
1861 if (Result.isInvalid())
1862 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1863
1864 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001865}
1866
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001867QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001868 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1869 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001871 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001872 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001873 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001874
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001875 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1876 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1877 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001879 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001880 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1881 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001882 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001883}
1884
1885
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001886
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001887Action::OwningExprResult
1888Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1889 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001890 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1891 switch (Kind) {
1892 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1893 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1894 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1895 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001896
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001897 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001898}
1899
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001900Action::OwningExprResult
1901Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1902 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001903 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1904 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1905
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001906 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1907 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001909 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001910 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1911 Base.release();
1912 Idx.release();
1913 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1914 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1915 }
1916
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001918 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001919 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1920 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1921 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001922 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001923 }
1924
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001925 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1926}
1927
1928
1929Action::OwningExprResult
1930Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1931 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1932 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1933 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1934
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001935 // Perform default conversions.
1936 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1937 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001938
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001939 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001940
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001941 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001942 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001943 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001944 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001945 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1946 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001947 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1948 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1949 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1950 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001951 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001952 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1953 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001954 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001955 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001956 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001957 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1958 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001959 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001960 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001961 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001962 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1963 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1964 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001966 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001967 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1968 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1969 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1970 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001971 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001972 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001973 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001974
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001975 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1976 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001977 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1978 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1979 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1980 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1981 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1982 // force the promotion here.
1983 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1984 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001985 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1986 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001987 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1988
1989 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1990 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001991 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001992 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1993 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1994 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1995 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001996 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1997 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001998 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1999
2000 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2001 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002002 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002003 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002004 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2005 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002006 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002007 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002008 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2009 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002010 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2011 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002012
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002013 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002014 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2015 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002016 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2017
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002018 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2020 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002021 // incomplete types are not object types.
2022 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2023 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2024 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2025 return ExprError();
2026 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002028 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002030 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2031 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002032 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002034 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2035 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2036 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2037 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2038 return ExprError();
2039 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002040
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002041 Base.release();
2042 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002043 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002044 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002045}
2046
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002047QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002048CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002049 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002050 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002051 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2052 // see FIXME there.
2053 //
2054 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2055 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002056 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002057
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002058 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002059 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002060
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002061 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002062 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2063 // to be selected.
2064 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002065
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002066 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2067 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002068 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002069
2070 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2071 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002072 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002073 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2074 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002075 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002076 do
2077 compStr++;
2078 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002079 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002080 do
2081 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002082 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002083 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002084
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002085 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002086 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2087 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002088 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2089 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002090 return QualType();
2091 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002092
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002093 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2094 // operates on.
2095 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002096 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002097
2098 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002099 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002100
2101 while (*compStr) {
2102 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2103 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2104 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2105 return QualType();
2106 }
2107 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002108 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002109
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002110 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002111 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002112 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002113 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002114 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002115 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002116 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002117 if (HexSwizzle)
2118 CompSize--;
2119
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002120 if (CompSize == 1)
2121 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002122
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002123 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002124 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002125 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2126 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2127 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2128 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002129 }
2130 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002131}
2132
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002133static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002134 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002135 const Selector &Sel,
2136 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002137
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002138 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002139 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002140 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002141 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002143 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2144 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002146 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002147 return D;
2148 }
2149 return 0;
2150}
2151
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002152static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002153 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002154 const Selector &Sel,
2155 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002156 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2157 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002158 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002159 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002160 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002161 GDecl = PD;
2162 break;
2163 }
2164 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002165 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002166 GDecl = OMD;
2167 break;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002171 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002172 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2173 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002174 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002175 if (GDecl)
2176 return GDecl;
2177 }
2178 }
2179 return GDecl;
2180}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002181
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002182Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002183Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2184 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002185 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2186 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2187 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2188 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2189 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2190
2191 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2192 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2193 //
2194 // T* t;
2195 // t.f;
2196 //
2197 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2198 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2199 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2200 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002201 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002202 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2203 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002204 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002206 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002207 return ExprError();
2208 }
2209 }
2210
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002211 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002212
2213 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2214 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002215 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002216 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2217 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2218 SS.getRange(),
2219 FirstQualifierInScope,
2220 Name, NameLoc,
2221 TemplateArgs));
2222}
2223
2224/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2225/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2226/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2227static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2228 Expr *BaseExpr,
2229 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002230 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002231 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002232 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2233 // diagnostics.
2234 if (!BaseExpr)
2235 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002236
2237 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2238 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002239 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002240 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002241 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002242}
2243
2244// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2245// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2246// type. The restriction here is:
2247//
2248// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2249// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2250// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2251//
2252// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2253// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2254// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2255// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2256bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2257 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002258 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002259 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002260 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2261 if (!BaseRT) {
2262 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2263 // dependent.
2264 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2265 return false;
2266 }
2267 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002268
2269 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002270 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2271 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2272 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2273 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002274
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002275 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2276 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2277 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2278 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2279
2280 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2281 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2282
2283 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2284 return false;
2285 }
2286
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002287 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002288 return true;
2289}
2290
2291static bool
2292LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2293 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2294 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2295 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2296 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2297 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2298 << BaseRange))
2299 return true;
2300
2301 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2302 if (SS.isSet()) {
2303 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2304 // nested-name-specifier.
2305 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2306
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002307 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2308 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2309 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2310 return true;
2311 }
2312
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002313 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2314
2315 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2316 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2317 << DC << SS.getRange();
2318 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002319 }
2320 }
2321
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002322 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2323 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002324
2325 return false;
2326}
2327
2328Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002329Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002330 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2331 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2332 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2333 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2334 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2335 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2336
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002337 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2338 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002339 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002340 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2341 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2342 Name, NameLoc,
2343 TemplateArgs);
2344
2345 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002346
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002347 // Implicit member accesses.
2348 if (!Base) {
2349 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2350 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2351 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2352 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2353 OpLoc, SS))
2354 return ExprError();
2355
2356 // Explicit member accesses.
2357 } else {
2358 OwningExprResult Result =
2359 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2360 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2361 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2362
2363 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2364 Owned(Base);
2365 return ExprError();
2366 }
2367
2368 if (Result.get())
2369 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002370 }
2371
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002372 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2373 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002374}
2375
2376Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002377Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2378 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2379 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002380 LookupResult &R,
2381 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2382 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002383 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002384 if (IsArrow) {
2385 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2386 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2387 }
2388
2389 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2390 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2391 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2392 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2393
2394 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002395 return ExprError();
2396
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002397 if (R.empty()) {
2398 // Rederive where we looked up.
2399 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2400 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2401 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002402
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002403 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002404 << MemberName << DC
2405 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002406 return ExprError();
2407 }
2408
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002409 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2410 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2411 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2412 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2413 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002414 return ExprError();
2415
2416 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2417 // result.
2418 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002419 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002420 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002421 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2422 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002423
2424 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2425 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2426 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002427 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2428 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002429 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2430 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2431 TemplateArgs);
2432 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2433 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2434
2435 return Owned(MemExpr);
2436 }
2437
2438 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2439 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2440
2441 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2442
2443 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2444 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2445 // error cases.
2446 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2447 return ExprError();
2448
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002449 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2450 if (!BaseExpr) {
2451 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2452 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2453 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2454
2455 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2456 }
2457
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002458 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2459 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2460 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2461 // explicitly qualified.
2462 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2463 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2464 }
2465
2466 // Check the use of this member.
2467 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2468 Owned(BaseExpr);
2469 return ExprError();
2470 }
2471
2472 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2473 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2474 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002475 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2476 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002477 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2478 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2479
2480 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2481 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2482 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2483 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2484 else {
2485 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2486 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2487 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2488
2489 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2490 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2491
2492 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2493 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2494 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2495 }
2496
2497 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2498 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2499 return ExprError();
2500 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2501 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2502 }
2503
2504 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2505 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2506 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2507 Var, MemberLoc,
2508 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2509 }
2510
2511 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2512 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2513 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2514 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2515 MemberFn->getType()));
2516 }
2517
2518 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2519 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2520 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2521 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2522 }
2523
2524 Owned(BaseExpr);
2525
2526 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2527 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2528 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2529
2530 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2531 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2532 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2533 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2534 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2535 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2536}
2537
2538/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2539/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2540/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2541/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2542/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2543/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2544/// an ordinary member expression.
2545///
2546/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2547/// fixed for ObjC++.
2548Sema::OwningExprResult
2549Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002550 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002551 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2552 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2553 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002554 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002556 // Perform default conversions.
2557 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002558
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002559 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002560 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2561
2562 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2563 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002564
2565 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002566 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002567 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2568 // call, and continue on.
2569 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2570 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2571 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2572 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2573 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002574 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2575 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002576 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2577 ->isRecordType()))) {
2578 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2580 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2581 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2582
2583 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002584 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002585 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2586 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002587 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002588
2589 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2590 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2591 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2592 }
2593 }
2594 }
2595
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002596 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2597 // use that.
2598 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002599 if (IsArrow) {
2600 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2601 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2602 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2603 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2604 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002605 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2606 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002607 }
2608 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002609 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2610 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2611 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2612 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002613 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002614 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002615 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002616
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002617 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2618 // use that.
2619 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2620 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2621 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2622 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2623 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2624 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2625 }
2626 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002627
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002628 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002629
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002630 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002632 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2633 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2634 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2635 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2636 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2637 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2638 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2639 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2640 // Check the use of this method.
2641 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2642 return ExprError();
2643 }
2644 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2645 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2646 Selector SetterSel =
2647 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2648 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2649 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2650 if (!Setter) {
2651 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2652 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002653 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002654 }
2655 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2656 if (!Setter)
2657 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2658
2659 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2660 return ExprError();
2661
2662 if (Getter || Setter) {
2663 QualType PType;
2664
2665 if (Getter)
2666 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2667 else
2668 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2669 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2670 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2671 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2672 PType,
2673 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2674 }
2675 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2676 << MemberName << BaseType);
2677 }
2678 }
2679
2680 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2681 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2682 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002683 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002684 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002686 if (IsArrow) {
2687 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002688 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002689 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2690 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002691 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2692 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2693 // struct MyRecord foo;
2694 // foo->bar
2695 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2696 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2697 // by now.
2698 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2699 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2700 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2701 IsArrow = false;
2702 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002703 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2704 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2705 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002706 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002707 } else {
2708 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2709 // type *foo;
2710 // foo.bar
2711 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2712 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2713 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2714 // the appropriate pointer type
2715 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2716 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2717 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2718 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2719 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2720 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2721 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2722 IsArrow = true;
2723 }
2724 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002725 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002726
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002727 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2728 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002729 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002730 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2731 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002732 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002733 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002734 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002736 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2737 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2738 // pseudo-destructor.
2739 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2740 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2742 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002743 // type.
2744 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2745 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2746 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002747
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002748 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2749 // same as the object type.
2750 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2751 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2752 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2753 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2754 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755
2756 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002757 // the form
2758 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2760 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002761 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2762 //
2763 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2764 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002766 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2767 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2768 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002769 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2770 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2771 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002772 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2773 MemberLoc));
2774 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002775
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002776 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2777 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002778 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2779 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002780 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002781 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002782 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002783 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002784 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2785
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002786 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2787 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002788 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002790 if (IV) {
2791 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2792 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2793 // error cases.
2794 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2795 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002796
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002797 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2798 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2799 return ExprError();
2800 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2801 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2802 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2803 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2804 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2805 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2806 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2807 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2808 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2809 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2810 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2811 // AST for a function decl.
2812 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002814 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2815 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2816 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2817 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2818 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2819 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002820
2821 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2822 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002823 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002825 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002826 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2827 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002828 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002829 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002830 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002831
2832 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2833 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002834 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002835 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002836 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002837 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002838 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002839 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002840 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002841 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002842 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2843 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002844 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002845 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002847 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002848 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002849 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2850 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2851 // Check the use of this declaration
2852 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2853 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002855 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2856 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2857 }
2858 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2859 // Check the use of this method.
2860 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2861 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002863 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864 OMD->getResultType(),
2865 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002866 NULL, 0));
2867 }
2868 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002869
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002870 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002871 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002872 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002873 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2874 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002875 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002876 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002877 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002879 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002881 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002882 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002883 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2884 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2885 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002886 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002887 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002888 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002889 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2890 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002891 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002892 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2893 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002894 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002895 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2896 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002897 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002898 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2899 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2900 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002901
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002902 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002903 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2904 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002905 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2906 // selector is implemented.
2907
2908 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2909 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2910
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002911 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002912 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002913
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002914 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2915 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002916 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002917
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002918 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002919 if (!Getter)
2920 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002921 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002922 // Check if we can reference this property.
2923 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2924 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002925 }
2926 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2927 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928 Selector SetterSel =
2929 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002930 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002931 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002932 if (!Setter) {
2933 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2934 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002935 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002936 }
2937 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002938 if (!Setter)
2939 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002940
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002941 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2942 return ExprError();
2943
2944 if (Getter || Setter) {
2945 QualType PType;
2946
2947 if (Getter)
2948 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002949 else
2950 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2951 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002952 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002953 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002954 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2955 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002956 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002957 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002958 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002960 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002961 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002962 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002963 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002964 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002965 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002966
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002967 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002968 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002969 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002970 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2971 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002972 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002973 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002974 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002975 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002976
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002977 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2978 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2979
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002980 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002981}
2982
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002983static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2984 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2985 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2986 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2987 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2988 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002989 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2990 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2991
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002992 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2993 move(MemExpr),
2994 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2995 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2996 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2997 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2998}
2999
3000/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3001/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3002/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3003/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3004/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3005///
3006/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3007/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3008/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3009/// only be called
3010/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3011/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3012/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3013Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3014 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3015 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3016 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3017 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3018 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3019 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3020 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3021 return ExprError();
3022
3023 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3024
3025 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3026 DeclarationName Name;
3027 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3028 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3029 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3030 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3031
3032 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3033
3034 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3035 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3036 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3037
3038 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3039 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3040
3041 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3042 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
3043 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003044 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003045 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3046 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3047 Name, NameLoc,
3048 TemplateArgs);
3049 } else {
3050 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3051 if (TemplateArgs) {
3052 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3053 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3054 } else {
3055 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3056 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3057 ObjCImpDecl);
3058
3059 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3060 Owned(Base);
3061 return ExprError();
3062 }
3063
3064 if (Result.get()) {
3065 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3066 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3067 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3068 // call now.
3069 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3070 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3071 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3072
3073 return move(Result);
3074 }
3075 }
3076
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003077 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3078 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003079 }
3080
3081 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003082}
3083
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003084Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3085 FunctionDecl *FD,
3086 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3087 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3088 Diag (CallLoc,
3089 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3090 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003091 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003092 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3093 } else {
3094 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3095 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3096
3097 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003098 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003099
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3101 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003102 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003103
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003104 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003105 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003106 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003108 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3109 InitializedEntity Entity
3110 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3111 InitializationKind Kind
3112 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3113 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3114 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3115
3116 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3117 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3118 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3119 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003120 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003121
3122 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003123 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003124 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003125 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003126
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003127 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3128 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3129 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003130 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3131 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003132 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3133 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003134 }
3135
3136 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003137 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003138}
3139
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003140/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3141/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3142/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3143/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3144/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3145/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003146bool
3147Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003148 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003149 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003150 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3151 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003152 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003153 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3154 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003155 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003156
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003157 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3158 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3159 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3160 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3161 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3162 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003163 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003164 }
3165
3166 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3167 // them.
3168 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3169 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3170 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3171 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3172 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3173 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3174 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3175 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003176 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003177 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003178 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003179 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003180 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003181 VariadicCallType CallType =
3182 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3183 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3184 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3185 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3186 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003187 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003188 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003189 if (Invalid)
3190 return true;
3191 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3192 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3193 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3194
3195 return false;
3196}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003198bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3199 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3200 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3201 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3202 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3203 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003204 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003205 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3206 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3207 bool Invalid = false;
3208 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3209 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3210 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3211 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003212 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003213 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003214 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003215
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003216 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003217 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3218 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3219
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003220 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3221 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003222 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003223 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003224 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003225
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003226 // Pass the argument
3227 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3228 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3229 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003230
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003231
3232 InitializedEntity Entity =
3233 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3234 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3235 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3236 SourceLocation(),
3237 Owned(Arg));
3238 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3239 return true;
3240
3241 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003242 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003243 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003244
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003245 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003246 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003247 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3248 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003249
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003250 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003251 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003252 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003253 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003254
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003255 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003256 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003257 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003258 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003259 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003260 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003261 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003262 }
3263 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003264 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003265}
3266
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003267/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003268/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3269/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003270Action::OwningExprResult
3271Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3272 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003273 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003274 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003275
3276 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3277 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003278
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003279 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003280 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003281 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003284 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3285 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3286 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3287 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3288 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3289 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3290 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3291 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003292
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003293 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3294 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003295
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003296 NumArgs = 0;
3297 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003299 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3300 RParenLoc));
3301 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003303 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003304 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003305 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3306 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003307 bool Dependent = false;
3308 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3309 Dependent = true;
3310 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3311 Dependent = true;
3312
3313 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003314 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003315 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3316
3317 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3318 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3319 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3320 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3321
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003322 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3323
3324 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3325 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3326 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3327 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3328 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3329 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3330 // method template.
3331 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3332 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003333 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003334
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003335 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3336 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003337 }
3338
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003339 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003340 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003341 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003342 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003343 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3344 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003345 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003346
3347 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003348 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003349 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3350 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003351 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3352 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3353 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003354
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003355 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3356 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3357 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3358 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003359
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003360 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3361 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3362 TheCall.get(), 0))
3363 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003364
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003365 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3366 RParenLoc))
3367 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003368
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003369 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3370 }
3371 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3372 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3373 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003374 }
3375 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003376 }
3377
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003378 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003380 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003382 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003383 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3384 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3385 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3386 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003387 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003388
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003389 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3390 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3391 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3392
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003393 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3394}
3395
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003396/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3397/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003398/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3399/// block-pointer type.
3400///
3401/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3402Sema::OwningExprResult
3403Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3404 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3405 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3406 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3407 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3408
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003409 // Promote the function operand.
3410 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3411
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003412 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3413 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003414 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3415 Args, NumArgs,
3416 Context.BoolTy,
3417 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003418
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003419 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3420 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3421 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3422 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003423 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003424 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003425 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3426 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003427 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003428 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003429 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003430 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003431 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003432 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003433 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3434 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3435
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003436 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003437 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3438 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3439 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003440 return ExprError();
3441
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003442 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003443 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003444
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003445 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003447 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003448 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003449 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003450 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003451
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003452 if (FDecl) {
3453 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3454 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3455 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003456 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003457 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003458 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003459 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3460 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3461 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3462 }
3463 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003464 }
3465
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003466 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003467 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3468 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3469 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003470 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3471 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003472 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3473 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003474 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003475 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003476 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003477 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003478
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003479 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3480 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003481 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3482 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003483
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003484 // Check for sentinels
3485 if (NDecl)
3486 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003488 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003489 if (FDecl) {
3490 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3491 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003492
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003493 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003494 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3495 } else if (NDecl) {
3496 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3497 return ExprError();
3498 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003499
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003500 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003501}
3502
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003503Action::OwningExprResult
3504Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3505 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003506 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003507
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003508 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003509
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003510 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003511 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003512 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003513
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003514 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003515 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003516 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3517 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003518 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3519 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003520 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003521 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003522 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003523 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003524
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003525 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003526 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003527 InitializationKind Kind
3528 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3529 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003530 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3531 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3532 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3533 &literalType);
3534 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003535 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003536 InitExpr.release();
3537 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003538
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003539 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003540 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003541 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003542 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003543 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003544
3545 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003546
3547 // FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003548 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003549 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003550}
3551
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003552Action::OwningExprResult
3553Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003554 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3555 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3556 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003557
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003558 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003559 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003560
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003562 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003563 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003564 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003565}
3566
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003567static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3568 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003569 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003570 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3571
3572 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3573 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003574 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3575 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3576 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003577 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3578 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3579 }
3580
3581 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3582 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3583 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3584 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3585 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3586 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3587 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3588 }
3589
3590 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3591 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3592 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3593 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3594 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3595 }
3596
3597 // FIXME: Assert here.
3598 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3599 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3600}
3601
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003602/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003603bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003605 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3606 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003607 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003608 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3609 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003610
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003611 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003612
3613 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3614 // type needs to be scalar.
3615 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3616 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003617 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3618 return false;
3619 }
3620
3621 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003622 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003623 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3624 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003625 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003626 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3627 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003628 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003629 return false;
3630 }
3631
3632 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003633 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003634 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003635 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003636 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003637 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003638 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3639 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003640 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3641 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3642 break;
3643 }
3644 }
3645 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3646 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3647 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003648 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003649 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003650 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003651
3652 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3653 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3654 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3655 }
3656
3657 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3658 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003659 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3660 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003661 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003662 }
3663
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003664 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3665 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3666
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003667 if (castType->isVectorType())
3668 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3669 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3670 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3671
3672 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003673 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003674
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003675 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3676 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3677
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003678 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003679 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3680 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3681 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3682 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3683 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3684 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3685 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3686 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3687 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3688 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003689 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003690
3691 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003692 return false;
3693}
3694
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003695bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3696 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003697 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003698
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003699 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003700 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003701 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003702 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003703 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003704 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003705 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003706 } else
3707 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003708 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003709 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003711 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003712 return false;
3713}
3714
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003715bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3716 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003717 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003718
3719 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3720
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003721 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3722 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003723 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3724 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3725 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3726 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003727 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003728 return false;
3729 }
3730
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003731 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003732 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3733 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003734 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3735 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3736 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3737 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003738
3739 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3740 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3741 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003742
3743 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003744 return false;
3745}
3746
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003747Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003748Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003749 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003750 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003751
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003752 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3753 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003754
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003755 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003756 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3757 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003759 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3760 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3761 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003762 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003763 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003764 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003765 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003766
3767 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003768 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003769 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003770
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003771 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3772 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003773
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003774 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3775 } else {
3776 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003777 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003779 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003780 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003781 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003782}
3783
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003784/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3785/// of comma binary operators.
3786Action::OwningExprResult
3787Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3788 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3789 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3790 if (!E)
3791 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003792
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003793 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003794
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003795 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3796 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3797 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003799 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3800}
3801
3802Action::OwningExprResult
3803Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3804 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3805 QualType Ty) {
3806 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003807
3808 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003809 // then handle it as such.
3810 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3811 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3812 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3813 return ExprError();
3814 }
3815
3816 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3817 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3818 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3819
3820 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3821 // braces instead of the original commas.
3822 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003823 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003824 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3825 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003827 Owned(E));
3828 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003829 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003830 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3831 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3832 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3833 }
3834}
3835
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003836Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003837 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003838 MultiExprArg Val,
3839 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003840 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3841 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003842 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3843 Expr *expr;
3844 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3845 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3846 else
3847 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003848 return Owned(expr);
3849}
3850
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003851/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3852/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003853/// C99 6.5.15
3854QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3855 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003856 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3857 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3858 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3859
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003860 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3861
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003862 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3863 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3864 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3865 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3866 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3867 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003868
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003869 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003870 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3871 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3872 << CondTy;
3873 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003874 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003875
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003876 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003877 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3878 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003879
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003880 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3881 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003882 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3883 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3884 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003885 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003886
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003887 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3888 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003889 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3890 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003891 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003892 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003893 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003894 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003895 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003896 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003898 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003899 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003900 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3901 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3902 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3903 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3904 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3905 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3906 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003907 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3908 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003909 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003910 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003911 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3912 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003913 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003914 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003915 // promote the null to a pointer.
3916 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003917 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003918 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003919 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003920 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003921 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003922 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003923 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003924
3925 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
3926 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
3927 QuestionLoc);
3928 if (!compositeType.isNull())
3929 return compositeType;
3930
3931
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003932 // Handle block pointer types.
3933 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3934 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3935 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3936 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003937 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3938 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003939 return destType;
3940 }
3941 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003942 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003943 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003944 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003945 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3946 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3947 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003948 return LHSTy;
3949 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003950 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003951 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3952 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003953
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003954 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3955 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003956 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003957 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003958 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3959 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3960 // to get a consistent AST.
3961 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003962 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3963 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003964 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003965 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003966 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003967 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3968 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003969 return LHSTy;
3970 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003971
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003972 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3973 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3974 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003975 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3976 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003977
3978 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3979 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3980 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003981 QualType destPointee
3982 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003983 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003984 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3985 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3986 // Promote to void*.
3987 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003988 return destType;
3989 }
3990 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003991 QualType destPointee
3992 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003993 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003994 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003995 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003996 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003997 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003998 return destType;
3999 }
4000
4001 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4002 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4003 return LHSTy;
4004 }
4005 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4006 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4007 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4008 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4009 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4010 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4011 // to get a consistent AST.
4012 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004013 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4014 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004015 return incompatTy;
4016 }
4017 // The pointer types are compatible.
4018 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4019 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4020 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4021 // type.
4022 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4023 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004024 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4025 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004026 return LHSTy;
4027 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004028
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004029 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4030 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4031 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4032 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004033 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004034 return RHSTy;
4035 }
4036 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4037 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4038 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004039 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004040 return LHSTy;
4041 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004042
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004043 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004044 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4045 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004046 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004047}
4048
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004049/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4050/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4051QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4052 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4053 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4054 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4055
4056 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4057 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4058 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4059 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4060 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4061 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4062 return LHSTy;
4063 }
4064 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4065 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4066 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4067 return RHSTy;
4068 }
4069 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4070 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4071 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4072 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4073 return LHSTy;
4074 }
4075 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4076 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4077 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4078 return RHSTy;
4079 }
4080 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4081 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4082 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4083 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4084 return LHSTy;
4085 }
4086 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4087 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4088 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4089 return RHSTy;
4090 }
4091 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4092 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4093
4094 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4095 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4096 return LHSTy;
4097 }
4098 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4099 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4100 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4101
4102 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4103 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4104 // type. This allows
4105 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4106 // where B is a subclass of A.
4107 //
4108 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4109 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4110 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4111 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4112
4113 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4114 // It could return the composite type.
4115 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4116 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4117 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4118 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4119 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4120 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4121 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4122 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4123 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4124 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4125 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4126 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4127 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4128 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4129 } else if (!(compositeType =
4130 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4131 ;
4132 else {
4133 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4134 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4135 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4136 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4137 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4138 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4139 return incompatTy;
4140 }
4141 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4142 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4143 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4144 return compositeType;
4145 }
4146 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4147 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4148 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4149 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4150 QualType destPointee
4151 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4152 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4153 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4154 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4155 // Promote to void*.
4156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4157 return destType;
4158 }
4159 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4160 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4161 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4162 QualType destPointee
4163 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4164 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4165 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4166 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4167 // Promote to void*.
4168 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4169 return destType;
4170 }
4171 return QualType();
4172}
4173
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004174/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004175/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004176Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4177 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4178 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4179 ExprArg RHS) {
4180 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4181 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004182
4183 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4184 // was the condition.
4185 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4186 if (isLHSNull)
4187 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004188
4189 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004190 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004191 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004192 return ExprError();
4193
4194 Cond.release();
4195 LHS.release();
4196 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004197 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004198 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004199 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004200}
4201
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004202// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004204// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4205// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4206// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004207Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004208Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004209 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004210
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004211 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4212 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4213 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4214 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4215 return Compatible;
4216 }
4217
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004218 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004219 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4220 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004221
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004222 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004223 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4224 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004225
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004226 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004227
4228 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4229 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4230 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004231 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004232 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004233 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004234
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004235 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4236 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004237 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004238 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004239 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004240 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004241
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004242 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004243 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4244 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004245 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004246
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004247 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004248 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004249 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004250
4251 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004252 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4253 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004254 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004255 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004256 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004257 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4258 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4259 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4260 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4261 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4262 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004263 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004264 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004265 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004266 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004267
4268 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004269 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004270 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004271 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004272
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004273 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4274 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4275 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4276 // warning can be disabled.
4277 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4278 return ConvTy;
4279 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4280 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004281
4282 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4283 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4284 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4285 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4286 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4287 do {
4288 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4289 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4290
4291 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4292 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4293 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4294
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004295 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004296 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004297 }
4298
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004299 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004300 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004301 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004302 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004303}
4304
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004305/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4306/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4307/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4308// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004309Sema::AssignConvertType
4310Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004311 QualType rhsType) {
4312 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004313
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004314 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004315 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4316 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004318 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4319 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4320 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004322 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004323
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004324 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004325 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004326 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004327
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004328 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004330 return ConvTy;
4331}
4332
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004333/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4334/// for assignment compatibility.
4335Sema::AssignConvertType
4336Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4337 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4338 return Compatible;
4339 QualType lhptee =
4340 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4341 QualType rhptee =
4342 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4343 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4344 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4345 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4346 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4347 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4348
4349 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4350 return Compatible;
4351 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4352 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4353 return IncompatiblePointer;
4354}
4355
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004356/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4357/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004358/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4359///
4360/// int a, *pint;
4361/// short *pshort;
4362/// struct foo *pfoo;
4363///
4364/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4365/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4366/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4367/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4368///
4369/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004371///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004372Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004373Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004374 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4375 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004376 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4377 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004378
4379 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004380 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004381
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004382 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4383 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4384 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4385 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4386 return Compatible;
4387 }
4388
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004389 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4390 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4391 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4392 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4393 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4394 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4395 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004396 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004397 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004398 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004399 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004400 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004401 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4402 // to the same ExtVector type.
4403 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4404 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4405 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4406 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4407 return Compatible;
4408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004409
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004410 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004411 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004413 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004414 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4415 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004416 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004417 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004418 }
4419 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004421
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004422 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004423 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004424
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004425 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004426 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004427 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004428
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004429 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004430 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004431
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004432 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004433 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004434 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4435 return Compatible;
4436 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004437 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004438 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4439 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004440 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004441
4442 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004443 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004444 return Compatible;
4445 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004446 return Incompatible;
4447 }
4448
4449 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4450 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004451 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004453 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004454 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004455 return Compatible;
4456
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004457 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4458 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004460 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004461 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004462 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004463 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004464 return Incompatible;
4465 }
4466
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004467 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4468 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4469 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004470
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004471 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004472 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004473 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4474 return Compatible;
4475 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004476 }
4477 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004478 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004479 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004480 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004481 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4482 return Compatible;
4483 }
4484 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4485 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4486 return Compatible;
4487 return Incompatible;
4488 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004489 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004490 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004491 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4492 return Compatible;
4493
4494 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004495 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004496
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004498 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004499
4500 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004501 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004502 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004503 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004504 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004505 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4506 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4507 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4508 return Compatible;
4509
4510 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4511 return PointerToInt;
4512
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004513 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004514 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004515 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4516 return Compatible;
4517 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004518 }
4519 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004520 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004521 return Compatible;
4522 return Incompatible;
4523 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004524
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004525 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004526 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004527 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004528 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004529 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004530}
4531
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004532/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4533/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004534static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004535 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4536 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4537 // of the transparent union.
4538 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4539 &E, 1,
4540 SourceLocation());
4541 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4542 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4543
4544 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4545 // union type from this initializer list.
4546 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4547 false);
4548}
4549
4550Sema::AssignConvertType
4551Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4552 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4553
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004554 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004555 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4556 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004557 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004558 return Incompatible;
4559
4560 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4561 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4562 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4563 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004564 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4565 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004566 it != itend; ++it) {
4567 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4568 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4569 // 1) void pointer
4570 // 2) null pointer constant
4571 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004572 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004573 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004574 InitField = *it;
4575 break;
4576 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004577
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004578 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4579 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004580 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004581 InitField = *it;
4582 break;
4583 }
4584 }
4585
4586 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4587 == Compatible) {
4588 InitField = *it;
4589 break;
4590 }
4591 }
4592
4593 if (!InitField)
4594 return Incompatible;
4595
4596 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4597 return Compatible;
4598}
4599
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004600Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004601Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004602 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4603 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4604 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4605 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4606 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004607 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004608 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004609 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004610 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004611 }
4612
4613 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4614 // structures.
4615 }
4616
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004617 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4618 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004619 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4620 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004621 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004622 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4623 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004624 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004625 return Compatible;
4626 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004627
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004628 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004629 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004630 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004631 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004632 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004633 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004634 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4635 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004636
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004637 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4638 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004639
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004640 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4641 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004642 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4643 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4644 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4645 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004646 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004647 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4648 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004649 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004650}
4651
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004652QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004654 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004655 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004656 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004657}
4658
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004659inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004660 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004661 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004662 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004663 QualType lhsType =
4664 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4665 QualType rhsType =
4666 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004667
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004668 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004669 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004670 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004671
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004672 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4673 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004674 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4675 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004676 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4677 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004678 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004679 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004680 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004681 }
4682 }
4683 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004684
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004685 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4686 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4687 bool swapped = false;
4688 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4689 swapped = true;
4690 std::swap(rex, lex);
4691 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4692 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004693
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004694 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004695 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004696 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4697 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4698 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004699 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004700 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4701 return lhsType;
4702 }
4703 }
4704 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4705 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4706 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004707 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004708 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4709 return lhsType;
4710 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004711 }
4712 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004713
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004714 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004715 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004716 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004717 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004718 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004719}
4720
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004721inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004722 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004723 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004724 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004725
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004726 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004728 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004729 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004730 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004731}
4732
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004733inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004735 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4736 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4737 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4738 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4739 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004740
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004741 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004742
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004743 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004744 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004745 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004746}
4747
4748inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004749 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004750 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4751 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4752 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4753 return compType;
4754 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004755
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004756 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004757
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004758 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004759 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4760 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4761 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004762 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004763 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004764
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004765 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4766 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004767 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004768 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4769
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004770 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004771
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004772 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004773 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004775 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4776 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004777 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004779 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004780 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004781 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004782
4783 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4784 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4785 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004786 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004787 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4788 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4789 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4790 return QualType();
4791 }
4792
4793 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4794 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4795 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004796 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004797 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004798 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004799 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004800 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4801 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004802 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4803 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004804 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004805 return QualType();
4806 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004807 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4808 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4809 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4810 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4811 return QualType();
4812 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004813
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004814 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004815 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4816 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4817 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4818 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4819 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004820 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004821 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4822 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004823 return PExp->getType();
4824 }
4825 }
4826
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004827 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004828}
4829
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004830// C99 6.5.6
4831QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004832 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4833 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4834 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4835 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4836 return compType;
4837 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004839 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004840
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004841 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004843 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004844 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4845 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004846 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004847 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004848 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004849
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004850 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004851 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004852 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004853
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004854 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004855
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004856 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4857 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4858 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4859 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4861 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4862 return QualType();
4863 }
4864
4865 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4866 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4867 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4868 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004870 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004871 return QualType();
4872 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004873
4874 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4875 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4876 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004877 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004878 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004880 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004881 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004882
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004883 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4884 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4885 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4886 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4887 return QualType();
4888 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004889
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004890 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004891 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4892 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4893 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4894 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4895 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4896 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004898 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4899
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004900 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004901 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004902 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004904 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004905 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004906 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004907
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004908 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4909 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4910 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4911 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4913 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4914 return QualType();
4915 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004917 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4918 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4919 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004921 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004922 return QualType();
4923 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004924
4925 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4926 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4927 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4928 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4929 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004930 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4931 << rex->getSourceRange()
4932 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004933 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004934
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004935 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4936 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4937 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4938 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4939 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4940 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4941 return QualType();
4942 }
4943 } else {
4944 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4945 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4946 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4947 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4948 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4949 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4950 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4951 return QualType();
4952 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004953 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004954
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004955 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4956 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4957 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4958 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4959 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004960 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004961 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004962
4963 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004964 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4965 }
4966 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004967
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004968 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004969}
4970
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004971// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004972QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004973 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004974 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4975 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004976 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004977
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004978 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4979 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4980 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4981
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004982 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4983 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004984 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4985 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4986 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4987 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4988 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004989 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004990 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004991 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004992
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004993 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004994
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004995 // Sanity-check shift operands
4996 llvm::APSInt Right;
4997 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004998 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4999 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005000 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005001 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5002 else {
5003 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5004 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5005 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5006 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5007 }
5008 }
5009
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005010 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005011 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005012}
5013
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005014/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
5015///
5016/// \param lex the left-hand expression
5017/// \param rex the right-hand expression
5018/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005019/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
5020/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005021void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005022 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005023 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00005024 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005025 return;
5026
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005027 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
5028
5029 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
5030 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
5031 return;
5032
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00005033 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
5034 // chance at instantiation time.
5035 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
5036 return;
5037
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005038 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
5039 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005040 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005041 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
5042 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5043 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005044 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005045 } else {
5046 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5047 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005048 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005049 }
5050
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005051 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005052 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
5053 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005054 // of the comparison will be exact.
5055 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
5056 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
5057 return;
5058
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005059 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
5060 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
5061 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005062 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005063 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
5064
5065 if (value.isNonNegative())
5066 return;
5067 }
5068
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005069 if (Equality) {
5070 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005071 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5072 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5073 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005074 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
5075 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
5076
5077 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
5078 if (value.isNonNegative())
5079 return;
5080 }
5081 }
5082
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005083 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005084 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5085 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5086}
5087
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005088// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005089QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005090 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5091 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5092
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005093 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005094 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005095 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005097 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5098 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005099
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005100 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005101 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5102 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5103 else {
5104 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5105 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5106 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005107 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5108 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005109
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005110 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5111 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005112 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5113 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5114 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005115 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005116 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005117 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5118 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5119 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5120 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005121 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5122 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005123 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005124
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005125 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5126 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5127 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5128 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005129
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005130 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5131 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005132 Expr *literalString = 0;
5133 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005134 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005135 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5136 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005137 literalString = lex;
5138 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005139 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5140 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005141 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5142 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005143 literalString = rex;
5144 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5145 }
5146
5147 if (literalString) {
5148 std::string resultComparison;
5149 switch (Opc) {
5150 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5151 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5152 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5153 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5154 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5155 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5156 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5157 }
5158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5159 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5160 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005161 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5162 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5163 "strcmp(")
5164 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5165 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005166 resultComparison);
5167 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005168 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005170 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005171 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005172
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005173 if (isRelational) {
5174 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005175 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005176 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005177 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005178 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005179 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005180
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005181 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005182 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005183 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005184
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005185 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5186 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5187 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5188 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005189
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005190 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5191 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5192 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005193 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005194 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005195 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005196 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005197 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005199 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005200 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5201 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005202 if (!isRelational &&
5203 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5204 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5205 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5206 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5207 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5209 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5210 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5211 return ResultTy;
5212 }
5213 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005214 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5215 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5216 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5217 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5218 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5219 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005220 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005221 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005222 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005223 if (T.isNull()) {
5224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5225 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5226 return QualType();
5227 }
5228
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005229 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5230 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005231 return ResultTy;
5232 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005233 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5234 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5235 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5236 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5237 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5238 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5239 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5240 }
5241 } else if (!isRelational &&
5242 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5243 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5244 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5245 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5246 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5247 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5248 }
5249 } else {
5250 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005251 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005252 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005253 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005254 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005255 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005256 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005257 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005258
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005259 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005261 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005262 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005263 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5264 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005265 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005266 return ResultTy;
5267 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005268 if (LHSIsNull &&
5269 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5270 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005271 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005272 return ResultTy;
5273 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005274
5275 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005276 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005277 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5278 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005279 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5280 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5281 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5282 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5283 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5284 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5285 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5286 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005287 // types.
5288 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5289 if (T.isNull()) {
5290 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5291 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5292 return QualType();
5293 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005294
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005295 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5296 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005297 return ResultTy;
5298 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005299
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005300 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005301 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5302 return ResultTy;
5303 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005304
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005305 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005306 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005307 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5308 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005309
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005310 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005311 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005312 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005313 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005314 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005315 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005316 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005317 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005318 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005319 if (!isRelational
5320 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5321 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005322 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005323 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005324 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005325 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005326 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5328 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005329 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005330 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005331 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005332 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005333
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005334 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005335 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005336 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5337 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005339 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005341 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005343 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5344 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005345 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005346 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005347 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005348 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005349 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005350 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005351 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005352 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5354 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005355 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005356 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005357 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005358 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005359 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005360 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5361 if (RHSIsNull) {
5362 if (isRelational)
5363 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5364 } else if (isRelational)
5365 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5366 else
5367 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005368
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005369 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005370 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005371 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005372 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005373 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005374 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005375 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005376 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005377 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5378 if (LHSIsNull) {
5379 if (isRelational)
5380 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5381 } else if (isRelational)
5382 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5383 else
5384 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005385
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005386 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005387 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005388 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005389 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005390 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005391 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005392 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005393 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005394 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5395 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005396 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005397 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005398 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005399 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5400 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005401 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005402 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005403 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005404 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005405}
5406
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005407/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005408/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005409/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5410/// types.
5411QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005412 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005413 bool isRelational) {
5414 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5415 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005416 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005417 if (vType.isNull())
5418 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005419
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005420 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5421 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005422
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005423 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5424 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5425 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5426 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5427 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5428 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5429 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005430 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005431 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005432
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005433 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5434 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5435 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005436 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005437 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005438
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005439 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5440 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5441 // elements for floating point vectors.
5442 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5443 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005444
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005445 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005446 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005447 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005448 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005449 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005450 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5451
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005452 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005453 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005454 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5455}
5456
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005457inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005458 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005459 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005460 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005461
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005462 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005463
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005464 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005465 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005466 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005467}
5468
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005469inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005470 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005471 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5472 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5473 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005474
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005475 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5476 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005477
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005478 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005479 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005480
5481 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5482 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5483 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5484 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5485 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5486 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5487 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005488
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005489 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005490 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005491 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5492
5493 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5494 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5495 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5496 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5497
5498 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005499 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005500 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5501
5502 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5503 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5504 // The result is a bool.
5505 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005506}
5507
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005508/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5509/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5510/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5511///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005512static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005513 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5514 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5515 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5516 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005517 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005518 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5519 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5520 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5521 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005522 }
5523 }
5524 return false;
5525}
5526
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005527/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5528/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5529static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005530 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005531 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005532 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005533 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5534 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005535 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5536 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005537
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005538 unsigned Diag = 0;
5539 bool NeedType = false;
5540 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5541 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5542 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005543 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005544 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5545 NeedType = true;
5546 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005548 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5549 NeedType = true;
5550 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005551 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005552 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5553 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005554 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005555 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5556 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005557 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5558 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005559 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005560 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5561 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005562 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005563 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5564 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005565 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005566 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5567 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005568 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5569 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5570 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005571 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5572 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5573 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005574 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5575 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5576 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005577 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005578
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005579 SourceRange Assign;
5580 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5581 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005582 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005583 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005584 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005585 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005586 return true;
5587}
5588
5589
5590
5591// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005592QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5593 SourceLocation Loc,
5594 QualType CompoundType) {
5595 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5596 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005597 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005598
5599 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5600 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005601
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005602 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005603 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005604 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005605 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005606 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5607 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5608 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005609 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005610 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005611 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005612 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005613
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005614 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5615 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5616 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005617 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005618 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5619 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5620 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5621 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5622 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005623 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005624 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005625 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5626 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5627 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005628 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5629 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005630 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5631 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5632 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005633 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005634 }
5635 } else {
5636 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005637 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005638 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005639
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005640 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005641 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005642 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005643
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005644 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5645 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005646 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005647 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5648 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005649 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005650 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005651 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005652}
5653
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005654// C99 6.5.17
5655QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005656 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005657 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005658
5659 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5660 // incomplete in C++).
5661
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005662 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005663}
5664
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005665/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5666/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005667QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5668 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005669 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5670 return Context.DependentTy;
5671
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005672 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5673 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005674
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5676 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5677 if (!isInc) {
5678 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5679 return QualType();
5680 }
5681 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5682 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5683 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005684 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005685 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5686 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005687
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005688 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005689 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005690 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5691 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5692 << Op->getSourceRange();
5693 return QualType();
5694 }
5695
5696 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005697 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005698 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5700 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5701 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5702 return QualType();
5703 }
5704
5705 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005706 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005707 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005708 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005709 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005710 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005711 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005712 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5713 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5714 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5715 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5716 return QualType();
5717 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005718 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5719 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5720 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005721 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005722 } else {
5723 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005724 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005725 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005726 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005727 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005728 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005729 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005730 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005731 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005732}
5733
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005734/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005735/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005736/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5737/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5738/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5739/// - &(x) => x
5740/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5741/// - &s.xx => s
5742/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5743/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5744/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5745/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005746static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005747 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005748 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005749 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005750 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005751 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5752 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5753 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005754 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005755 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005756 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005757 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005758 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005759 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5760 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005761 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5762 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5763 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5764 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5765 }
5766 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005767 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005768 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5769 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005770
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005771 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005772 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5773 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5774 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5775 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5776 default:
5777 return 0;
5778 }
5779 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005780 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005781 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005782 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005783 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5784 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005785 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005786 default:
5787 return 0;
5788 }
5789}
5790
5791/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005792/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005793/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005794/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005795/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005796/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005797/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005798QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005799 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5800 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5801
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005802 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5803 return Context.DependentTy;
5804
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005805 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5806 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5807 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5808 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5809 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5810 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5811 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5812 }
5813 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5814 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5815 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005816 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005817 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005818
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005819 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5820 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005821 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005822 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005823 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005824 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5825 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005826 return QualType();
5827 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005828 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005829 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5830 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5831 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005832 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005833 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5834 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005835 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005836 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005837 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005838 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005839 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5840 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5841 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5842 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5843 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005844 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5845 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005846 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5847 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005848 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5849 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005850 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005851 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005852 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5853 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005854 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005855 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5856 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005857 return QualType();
5858 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005859 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005860 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005861 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005862 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005863 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5864 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005865 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005866 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005867 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5868 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005869 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005870 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5871 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5872 return QualType();
5873 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005874
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005875 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5876 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005877 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005878 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005879 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005880 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005881 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005882 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5883 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005884 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5885 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5886 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005887 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005888 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005889
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005890 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5891 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5892 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5893 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5894 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5895 }
5896
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005897 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005898 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005899}
5900
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005901QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005902 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5903 return Context.DependentTy;
5904
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005905 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5906 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005907
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005908 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5909 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5910 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5911 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005912 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005913 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005914
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005915 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005916 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005917
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005918 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005919 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005920 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005921}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005922
5923static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5924 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5925 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5926 switch (Kind) {
5927 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005928 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5929 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005930 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5931 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5932 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5933 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5934 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5935 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5936 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5937 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5938 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5939 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5940 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5941 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5942 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5943 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5944 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5945 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5946 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5947 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5948 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5949 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5950 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5951 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5952 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5953 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5954 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5955 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5956 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5957 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5958 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5959 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5960 }
5961 return Opc;
5962}
5963
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005964static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5965 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5966 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5967 switch (Kind) {
5968 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5969 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5970 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5971 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5972 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5973 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5974 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5975 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5976 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005977 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5978 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005979 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005980 }
5981 return Opc;
5982}
5983
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005984/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5985/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5986/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005987Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5988 unsigned Op,
5989 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005990 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005991 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005992 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5993 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5994 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005995
5996 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005997 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5998 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5999 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006000 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6001 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6002 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6003 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6004 break;
6005 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006006 case BinaryOperator::Div:
6007 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6008 break;
6009 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6010 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6011 break;
6012 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6013 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6014 break;
6015 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6016 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6017 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006018 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006019 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6020 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6021 break;
6022 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6023 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6024 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6025 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006026 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006027 break;
6028 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6029 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006030 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006031 break;
6032 case BinaryOperator::And:
6033 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6034 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6035 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6036 break;
6037 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6038 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6039 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6040 break;
6041 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6042 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006043 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6044 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6045 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6046 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006047 break;
6048 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006049 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6050 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6051 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6052 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006053 break;
6054 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006055 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6056 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6057 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006058 break;
6059 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006060 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6061 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6062 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006063 break;
6064 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6065 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006066 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6067 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6068 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6069 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006070 break;
6071 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6072 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6073 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006074 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6075 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6076 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6077 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006078 break;
6079 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6080 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6081 break;
6082 }
6083 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006084 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006085 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006086 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6087 else
6088 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006089 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6090 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006091}
6092
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006093/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6094/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006095static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6096 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6097 SourceRange ParenRange)
6098{
6099 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6100 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6101 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6102 // warning/error and return.
6103 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6104 return;
6105 }
6106
6107 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6108 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6109 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6110}
6111
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006112/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6113/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6114/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6115/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006116static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6117 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006118 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6119 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6120 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6121 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006122 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006123 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006124 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6125
6126 // Subs are not binary operators.
6127 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6128 return;
6129
6130 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6131 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006132 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6133 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006134 return;
6135
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006136 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006137 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6138 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006139 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6140 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6141 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6142 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006143 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6144 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006145 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6146 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6147 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006148}
6149
6150/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6151/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6152/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6153static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6154 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006155 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006156 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6157}
6158
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006159// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006160Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6161 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6162 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006163 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006164 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006165
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006166 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6167 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006168
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006169 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6170 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6171
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006172 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6173}
6174
6175Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6176 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6177 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006178 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006179 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006180 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6181 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6182 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6183 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6184 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006185 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006186 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6187 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006188 if (S)
6189 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6190 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006191 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006192 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006193 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006194 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006195 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006196
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006197 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6198 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006199 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006200 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006201
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006202 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006203 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006204}
6205
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006206Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006207 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006208 ExprArg InputArg) {
6209 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006210
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006211 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006212 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006213 QualType resultType;
6214 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006215 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6216 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6217 break;
6218
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006219 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6220 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006221 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6222 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006223 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006224 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6225 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006226 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006227 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006228 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006229 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006230 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006231 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006232 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006233 break;
6234 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6235 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006236 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6237 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006238 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6239 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006240 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6241 break;
6242 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6243 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6244 break;
6245 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6246 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6247 resultType->isPointerType())
6248 break;
6249
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006250 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6251 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006252 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006253 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6254 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006255 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6256 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006257 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6258 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6259 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006260 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006261 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006262 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006263 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6264 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006265 break;
6266 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006267 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006268 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6269 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006270 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6271 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006272 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006273 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6274 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006275 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006276 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6277 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006278 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006279 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006280 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006281 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006282 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006283 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006284 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006285 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006286 }
6287 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006288 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006289
6290 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006291 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006292}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006293
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006294Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6295 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6296 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006297 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006298 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6299 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006300 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6301 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6302 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6303 // the arguments.
6304 FunctionSet Functions;
6305 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6306 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006307 if (S)
6308 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6309 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006310 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006311 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006312 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006313 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006314
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006315 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6316 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006317
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006318 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6319}
6320
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006321// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6322Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6323 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6324 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6325}
6326
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006327/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006328Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6329 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6330 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006331 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006332 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006333
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006334 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6335 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006336 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006337 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006338
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006339 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006340 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6341 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006342}
6343
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006344Sema::OwningExprResult
6345Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6346 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6347 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006348 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6349 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6350
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006351 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006352 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006353 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006354
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006355 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6356 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6357 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006358
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006359 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6360 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6361 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006362
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006363 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6364 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6365 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6366 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6367 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006368
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006369 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006370 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006371 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006372
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006373 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6374 // expressions are not lvalues.
6375
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006376 substmt.release();
6377 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006378}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006379
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006380Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6381 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6382 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6383 TypeTy *argty,
6384 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6385 unsigned NumComponents,
6386 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6387 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6388 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006389 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6390 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006391 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006392
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006393 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6394
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006395 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6396 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6397 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006398 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006399 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006400
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006401 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6402 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006403
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006404 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6405 // the offsetof designators.
6406 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6407 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006408 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006409 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006410
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006411 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6412 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006413 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6414 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006415 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006416 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6417 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006418
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006419 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006420 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006421
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006422 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6423 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6424 return ExprError();
6425
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006426 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6427 // leaks like a sieve.
6428 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6429 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6430 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6431 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6432 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6433 if (!AT) {
6434 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006435 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6436 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006437 }
6438
6439 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6440
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006441 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6442 // expression.
6443 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6444
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006445 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6446 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006447 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006448 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006449 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006450 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006451 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006452
6453 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6454 OC.LocEnd);
6455 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006456 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006457
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006458 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006459 if (!RC) {
6460 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006461 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6462 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006463 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006464
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006465 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6466 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006467 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006468 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6469 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6470 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6471 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6472 << Res->getType()))
6473 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006475
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006476 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6477 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006478
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006479 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006480 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006481 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006482 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6483 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006484
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006485 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6486 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006487 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006488 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006489 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006490 } else {
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006491 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006492 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6493 // doesn't matter here.
6494 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6495 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6496 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006497 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006498 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006499
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006500 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6501 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006502}
6503
6504
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006505Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6506 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6507 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006508 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6509 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6510 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006511
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006512 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006513
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006514 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6515 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6516 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6517 return ExprError();
6518 }
6519
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006520 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6521 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006522}
6523
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006524Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6525 ExprArg cond,
6526 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6527 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6528 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6529 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6530 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006531
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006532 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6533
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006534 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006535 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006536 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006537 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006538 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006539 } else {
6540 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6541 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6542 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6543 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006544 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6545 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6546 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006547
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006548 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6549 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006550 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6551 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006552 }
6553
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006554 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6555 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006556 resType, RPLoc,
6557 resType->isDependentType(),
6558 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006559}
6560
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006561//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6562// Clang Extensions.
6563//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6564
6565/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006566void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006567 // Analyze block parameters.
6568 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006569
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006570 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6571 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6572 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006573
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006574 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006575 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006576 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006577 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006578 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6579 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006580
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006581 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek54ad1ab2009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006582 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006583 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006584}
6585
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006586void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006587 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006588
6589 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6590 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006591 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006592 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6593
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006594 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6595 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6596 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6597 return;
6598 }
6599
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006600 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6601 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6602 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6603
6604 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6605 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006606 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006607 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006608 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006609 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006610 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6611 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006612 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006613
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006614 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6615 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6616 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6617 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6618 return;
6619 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006620 return;
6621 }
6622
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006623 // Analyze arguments to block.
6624 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6625 "Not a function declarator!");
6626 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006627
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006628 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6629 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006630
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006631 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6632 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6633 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6634 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006635 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6636 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006637 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006638 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006639 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6640 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006641 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006642 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006643 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006644 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006645 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006646 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006647 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006648 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6649 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6650 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6651 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6652 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006653
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006654 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006655 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006656 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006657 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006658 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006659 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6660 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006661
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006662 // Analyze the return type.
6663 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006664 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006665
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006666 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6667 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6668 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6669 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6670 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006671 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006672}
6673
6674/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6675/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6676void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6677 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6678 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006679
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006680 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6681
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006682 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006683 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006684 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006685 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006686}
6687
6688/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6689/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006690Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6691 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006692 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6693 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6694 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006695
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006696 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6697 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006698
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006699 PopDeclContext();
6700
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006701 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6702 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006703
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006704 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006705 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6706 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006707
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006708 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6709 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6710 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006711
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006712 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006713 QualType BlockTy;
6714 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006715 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6716 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006717 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006718 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006719 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6720 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006721
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006722 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006723 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006724 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006725
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006726 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6727 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6728 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6729 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006730
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006731 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006732 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006733 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6734 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006735}
6736
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006737Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6738 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6739 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006740 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006741 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6742 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006743
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006744 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006745
6746 // Get the va_list type
6747 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006748 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6749 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6750 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6751 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006752 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006753 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6754 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6755 } else {
6756 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6757 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006758 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006759 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006760 return ExprError();
6761 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006762
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006763 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6764 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006765 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6766 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006767 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006768 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006769
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006770 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006771 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006772
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006773 expr.release();
6774 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6775 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006776}
6777
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006778Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006779 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6780 // pointers on the target.
6781 QualType Ty;
6782 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6783 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6784 else
6785 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6786
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006787 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006788}
6789
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006790static void
6791MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6792 QualType DstType,
6793 Expr *SrcExpr,
6794 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6795 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6796 return;
6797
6798 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6799 if (!PT)
6800 return;
6801
6802 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6803 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6804 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6805 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6806 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6807 return;
6808 }
6809
6810 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6811 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6812 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6813 return;
6814
6815 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6816}
6817
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006818bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6819 SourceLocation Loc,
6820 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006821 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006822 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6823 bool isInvalid = false;
6824 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006825 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6826
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006827 switch (ConvTy) {
6828 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6829 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006830 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006831 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6832 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006833 case IntToPointer:
6834 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6835 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006836 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006837 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006838 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6839 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006840 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6841 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6842 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006843 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6844 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6845 break;
6846 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006847 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6848 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6849 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6850 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6851 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6852 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6853 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6854 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6855 // C++ semantics.
6856 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6857 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6858 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006859 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6860 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006861 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006862 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006863 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006864 case IntToBlockPointer:
6865 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6866 break;
6867 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006868 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006869 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006870 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006871 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006872 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6873 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6874 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006875 case IncompatibleVectors:
6876 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6877 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006878 case Incompatible:
6879 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6880 isInvalid = true;
6881 break;
6882 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006883
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006884 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006885 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006886 return isInvalid;
6887}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006888
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006889bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006890 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6891 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6892 if (Result)
6893 *Result = ICEResult;
6894 return false;
6895 }
6896
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006897 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6898
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006899 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006900 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6901 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6902
6903 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6904 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6905 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6906 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6907 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6908 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6909 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006910
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006911 return true;
6912 }
6913
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006914 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6915 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006916
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006917 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6918 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6919 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006920
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006921 if (Result)
6922 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6923 return false;
6924}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006925
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006926void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006927Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006928 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6929 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006930}
6931
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006932void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006933Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6934 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6935 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6936 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006937
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006938 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6939 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
6940 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6941 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6942 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6943 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6944 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6945 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
6946 I != IEnd; ++I)
6947 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6948 }
6949
6950 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
6951 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
6952 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
6953 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
6954 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
6955 I != IEnd; ++I)
6956 Diag(I->first, I->second);
6957 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006958 }
6959
6960 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6961 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6962 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6963 // will never be constructed.
6964 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6965 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6966 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6967 ExprTemporaries.end());
6968
6969 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6970 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006971}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006972
6973/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6974///
6975/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6976/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6977/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6978/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6979///
6980/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6981///
6982/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6983void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6984 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006985
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006986 if (D->isUsed())
6987 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006988
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006989 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6990 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6991 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6992 // -Wunused-parameters)
6993 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6994 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006995 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006996
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006997 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6998 // an instantiation.
6999 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7000 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007001
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007002 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007003 case Unevaluated:
7004 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7005 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007006
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007007 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7008 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7009 // "used"; handle this below.
7010 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007011
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007012 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7013 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7014 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7015 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007016 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007017 return;
7018 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007019
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007020 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007021 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007022 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007023 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7024 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7025 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007026 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007027 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007028 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7029 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7030 }
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007031
7032 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007033 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7034 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7035 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007036
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007037 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7038 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7039 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7040 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7041 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7042 }
7043 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007044 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007045 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007046 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007047 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007048 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7049 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7050 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7051 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7052 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007053 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7054 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007055 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7056 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7057 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7058 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7059 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007060 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7061 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007062 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7063 }
7064
7065 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7066 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7067 }
7068
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007069 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007070 Function->setUsed(true);
7071 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007072 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007073
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007074 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007075 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007076 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007077 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7078 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7079 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7080 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7081 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7082 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7083 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7084 }
7085 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007086
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007087 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007088
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007089 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007090 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007091 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007092}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007093
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007094/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7095/// of the program being compiled.
7096///
7097/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7098/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7099/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7100/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7101/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7102/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7103/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7104/// later.
7105///
7106/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7107/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7108/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7109/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7110bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7111 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7112 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7113 case Unevaluated:
7114 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7115 break;
7116
7117 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7118 Diag(Loc, PD);
7119 return true;
7120
7121 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7122 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7123 break;
7124 }
7125
7126 return false;
7127}
7128
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007129bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7130 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7131 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7132 return false;
7133
7134 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7135 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7136 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7137 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7138
7139 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7140 FD ?
7141 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7142 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7143 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7144 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7145 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7146 return true;
7147
7148 return false;
7149}
7150
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007151// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7152// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7153void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7154 SourceLocation Loc;
7155
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007156 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7157
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007158 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7159 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7160 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7161 return;
7162
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007163 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7164 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7165 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7166 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7167
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007168 // self = [<foo> init...]
7169 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7170 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7171 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7172
7173 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7174 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7175 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7176 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7177 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007178
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007179 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7180 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7181 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7182 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7183 return;
7184
7185 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7186 } else {
7187 // Not an assignment.
7188 return;
7189 }
7190
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007191 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007192 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007193
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007194 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007195 << E->getSourceRange()
7196 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7197 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7198}
7199
7200bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7201 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7202
7203 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7205
7206 QualType T = E->getType();
7207
7208 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7209 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7210 return true;
7211 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7212 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7213 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7214 return true;
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 return false;
7219}